<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sheetal</id>
		<title>Script | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sheetal"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Sheetal"/>
		<updated>2026-04-17T11:16:17Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.17</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English"/>
				<updated>2016-07-12T06:54:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script :''' '''Items and Inventory''' '''in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Items, Inventory, Units of Measure, Item Category, Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.80cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.80cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on''' Items &amp;amp; Inventory in FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we will learn to set:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Category '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing '''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To practise this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Higher Secondary Commerce or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Accounting&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Before we start let us understand the meaning of '''Items'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is Items?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items '''are the things which you can buy or sell in the business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We have to keep a record that lists key information about an '''inventory item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is Inventory?'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see the meaning of '''Inventory'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a complete listing of &lt;br /&gt;
* Stock in hand, &lt;br /&gt;
* Work in progress,&lt;br /&gt;
* Raw Materials and &lt;br /&gt;
* Finished goods in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the''' Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username '''and''' Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Login''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' login''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, type the '''username''' as''' admin''' and the '''password'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Login''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point and click on the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Items and Inventory '''Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Frontaccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Items and Inventory''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the page and various panels. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The page opens, and we can see various panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Transactions '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Transaction''' panel, we can see the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Location Transfers '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Inquiries and Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the options under''' Inquiries and Reports.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Inquiries and Reports '''panel is used for making reports and inquiries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Item Movements'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Item Status '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Maintenance''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Maintenance''' panel is used for setup of '''Items '''and '''Inventory''' details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do the setup, we have to make use of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Pricing and Costs''' Panel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point the option under '''Pricing and Costs''' panel&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Pricing '''and''' Cost '''panel''' '''is used for selecting the pricing level of '''items '''or '''inventory'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this, we have to use the option:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see how to set '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Units of Measure''' option has to be specified for each '''Item.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Units of Measure''' chart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we can see the chart which represents the '''Units of Measure'''.&lt;br /&gt;
The chart shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Physical quantity measured'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Base unit''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SI''' abbreviation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''substance''' under physical quantity measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the '''Scale''' under physical quantity measured.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''Base unit''' of a substance is '''mole''' and the '''SI''' unit abbreviation is '''mol'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, base unit of '''scale''' is '''meter''' and the abbreviation is '''m.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Units of Measure''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Units of Measure''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in the appropriate fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here and fill in all the details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the filled boxes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Add new'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New unit has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Add''' '''new''' button to '''add''' this '''unit'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a new '''unit'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box showing the entry updated in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table with the updated entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now set the '''Items.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Items '''option under '''Maintenance '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Items''' under '''Maintenance''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Dropdown box'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You may see the default '''Items''' in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can also create a new '''Item''' as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will demonstrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in the appropriate fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''items'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here and fill in all the details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you give the unique code for each '''item''' you fill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Insert New Item''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new item has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then click on the '''Insert New Item''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop-up message shows that we have successfully added a new '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the Dropdown box showing the added new item in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box, we can see the new '''item''' is added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Item Categories option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now set the '''Item''' '''Categories '''to which '''item''' belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Item Category''' option&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item tax type, '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item Type and '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down to see the details.&lt;br /&gt;
We have to create our own '''Item category,''' which defines.&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item tax type, '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item Type and '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''Item Category'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
fill in all the details in the corresponding field.&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point the options in the''' Item Category.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustment Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here for-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustment Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep it as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new '''button &lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new item has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add New''' button to save the entry made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a new '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the above table with the updated entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the above table with the details updated here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the '''Sales''' '''Pricing'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point on the '''Sales Pricing''' option&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This option is used to assign '''sales prices''' to individual '''Sales item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Pricing''' under '''Pricing and Costs''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Pricing '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point and click on the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''item''' for which we want to assign the '''Sales Price'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Select the '''Item''' as '''cement''' from the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the '''item''' as '''Cement.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we will use this '''item '''for Sales purpose in the '''Sales in Frontaccounting''' tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Currency'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''Rupees''' option from the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''Currency''' dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select the currency as '''Rupees.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Sales Type'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the drop down box showing the two options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration Select &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Wholesale'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; from the drop down box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Type''' dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retail '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Wholesale'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to setup the '''Sales Type''' option is explained in the '''Sales in Frontaccounting''' tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, here I will select '''Wholesale'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Price'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the amount for the '''Item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Price''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the '''Price''' against the '''Item''' as '''5,000 per Kg.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new '''button &lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“The new price has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add''' '''New''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a '''Sales price''' against the '''item Cement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the above table with the updated entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table here which we have updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we have learnt to create,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Category''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| As an''' Assignment.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new '''item '''as''' Steel '''with an '''unique code 46 '''in the '''Items &amp;amp; Inventory''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new '''Item Category''' using the above added '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''Number''' '''10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give Certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please contact us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial has been contributed by Sheetal Prabhu from IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Sales-in-FA/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Sales-in-FA/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Sales-in-FA/English"/>
				<updated>2016-07-11T12:38:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title of the Script :''' '''Sales''' '''in FrontAccounting''' '''Author: Sheetal Prabhu''' '''Keywords: Sales, Sales Types, Sales Persons, Sales Areas, Customers, Sales Quo...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script :''' '''Sales''' '''in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Sales, Sales Types, Sales Persons, Sales Areas, Customers, Sales Quotation Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on''' Sales in FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2a'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we will learn to set up:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Types'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Persons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Areas'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Add and manage Customers and Branches'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2b'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We will also learn to make:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Quotation Entry'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Order Entry'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Make Delivery and'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Order Inquiry'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To practise this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Higher Secondary Commerce or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Accounting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Before we start let us understand '''What is Sales?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 5 (a)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Sales '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* is an activity related to selling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* or the amount of goods or services sold in a given time period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 5 (b)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the need for '''Sales''' in books of accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Every business sells products or services; so it has to record them in their book of accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Selling an item, does not always happen when cash is received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Payment is received in the future for a sale made on an account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us open the''' Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username '''and''' Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Login button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' login''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, type the username as''' admin''' and the password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Login''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point and click on the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Sales Tab'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Frontaccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Sales''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Randomly point to the various panels&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| There are various panels here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red colour box''' Transactions '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the options under '''Transaction''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''Transactions''' panel is used for making transactions related to '''Sales'''.&lt;br /&gt;
To make a transaction we have to use the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Quotation Entry '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Order Entry.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red colour box''' Inquiries and Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the options under''' Inquiries and Reports.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Inquiries and Reports '''panel is used for making reports and inquiries of the transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this, we have to use the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Quotation Inquiry '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Order Inquiry'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red colour box''' Maintenance''' Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Types'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Persons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Areas'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Add and Manage Customers'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Branches'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Maintenance''' panel is used for setup of '''Sales''' and '''Customer''' details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do the setup, we have to use the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Types'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Persons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Areas'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Add and Manage Customers '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Branches'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flowchart for Entry''' '''in''' Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now see the flow for a '''Sales Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comprises of 3 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Setup Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Setup Customers'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Sales Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Setup-Sales-Part I'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Setup Sales''', we need to set the following options under the '''Maintenance '''panel:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Types'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Persons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Areas'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, let us learn how to do so..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Switch back to the '''Frontaccounting '''interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Sales''' '''Types''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''Sales''' '''Types''' option allows us to define the '''pricing''' level for the specific '''customers'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us go to this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the details to fill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here we need to fill in the details, as prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s begin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type a new''' Sales Type name''' field, as '''Wholesale'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We need to add a '''Sales''' '''Type '''first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, I will type '''“wholesale” '''as the name for the new''' Sales Type.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Calculation factor'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Calculation factor''' field, type the''' Calculation factor''' to adjust base pricing of our choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep it, as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Tax included'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next, if tax has to be added, we can''' '''check the box named '''Tax included'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Uncheck''' Tax included''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will keep the box unchecked, as I don’t wish to include the tax for the '''Sales Type'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Add new''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Then click on the''' Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the message&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''New Sales type has been added'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the confirmation message, which indicates that the details have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click to the '''Back''' option&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Sales Persons'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us learn how to add a new '''Sales''' '''Person.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the''' Sales Persons '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Fill the details for:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Salesperson name''',&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Telephone number, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fax number '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Id''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''Sales Persons'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Salesperson name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Telephone number '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fax number '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Id''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fill in all the details in the corresponding field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here for-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Salesperson name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Telephone number '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fax number '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Id '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Provision''' field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''Provision''' field is used by a '''Sales''' '''Person''' who gets a '''commission '''or''' provision''' on what they sell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''5 %'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, I will type '''5% '''as the '''commission''' in''' '''the''' Provision '''field'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next is '''Break''' '''point.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used for a '''Sales Person''' who gets the '''provision only '''if the amount exceeds the break point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the Break Pt. type '''5000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, in the '''Break''' '''point''' field, I will type '''5000.00.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means, &lt;br /&gt;
* whenever the''' Sales Person '''sells above the''' break point, '''which is''' 5000, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* he will get a '''commision '''of''' 5%.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Provision 2''' field &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Provision 2 '''field is used if the '''Sales Person''' sells below the break point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type '''3'''.&lt;br /&gt;
which means if the '''Sales Person '''sells below '''5000''', he will get a '''commision '''of '''3%.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Add''' '''new''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the '''New Sales person data have been added''' bar &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Save''' these changes, click on '''Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the confirmation message, for the saved entry at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click to the '''Back''' option&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on the '''Back''' option, to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we will learn how to create a new '''Sales''' '''Area.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Sales Area''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Sales Areas'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Based on the '''Sales Area''', we will be able to create '''Sales Orders''' and make '''Dispatches'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Sales Areas '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Show&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Area Name'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type the new '''Area''' '''Name''' which we want to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type '''Retailer.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Add new '''button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to a message as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''New Sales area has been added'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, save these changes by clicking '''Add new '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message shows that we have successfully saved this information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Show the''' bar showing the entries '''in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table with the updated entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click to the '''Back''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option, to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Show the flowchart Step-II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Add and Manage Customers'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Before we quote a '''Sales Order''', we have to set-up each of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Add and Manage Customers'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Branches '''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer''' is an individual or business that purchases goods and services produced by a business.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We need to '''add''' '''customers''' to sell our products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, let us now learn how to create a new '''Customer'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click the '''options''' available under '''Maintenance''' bar.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| At the left bottom of the '''Maintenance''' panel, click on '''Add and Manage Customers'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Dropdown box&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point the drop down box options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Show the default options in the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The listed option may vary depending on the Frontaccounting version.&lt;br /&gt;
You may see the default customers of the company in your list.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In my list, there are customers-'''Abhi -Rs, Balaji and Hari'''.&lt;br /&gt;
I have created this customers before recording this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Since a Company has to deal with many Customers, let us add a '''New Customer.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Short Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Address'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in all the necessary details of the '''Customer'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the following-&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Short Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Address'''&lt;br /&gt;
Resume again after filling&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Show the information which are filled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Customer Short Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Address'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here for my customer, as you can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Customer’s''' '''Currency'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Customer’s Currency '''drop down box, I will select''' Rupee.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Sales Type/Price List field'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In''' '''the''' Sales Type/Price List '''dropdown box, I will select the option''' wholesale.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that we have created this '''Sales Type '''earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Phone number''', &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Secondary phone number''' if any, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fax number''' and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Id''' of the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down, again we are prompted to fill in the following details of the '''customer'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the following details:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Phone number''', &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Secondary phone number''' if any, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fax number''' and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Id''' of the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
Resume again after filling&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Phone number''', &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Secondary phone number''' if any, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fax number''' and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Id''' of the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these contact details for my customer.&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you give the correct '''Email-Id''' here when you fill out these details.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Sales''' bar on the right side&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll up, we can see the '''Sales''' column on the right hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill out the '''Discount, Credit''', and other conditions applicable for that '''Customer'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''details''' which are already filled&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will keep the default settings, as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Add''' '''New''' '''Customer '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down, then click on the '''Add''' '''New''' '''Customer''' button to save these changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Highlight with a red box'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new Customer has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The confirmation message shows we have saved the details for our new '''Customer'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A default Branch has been automatically created, please check default Branch values by using link below. '''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see another message which shows that the default '''Branch '''is also added.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update Customer &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| First, we need to apply these changes for the new '''Sales''' '''Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on the''' Update Customer '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' '''message bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Customer has been updated.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The success message indicates that we have updated the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Back '''option'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, scroll down to click on the '''Back''' option, to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see whether the default '''Branch''' is added or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Customer Branches'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Customer Branches '''option'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the table showing new '''Customer Branch'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see that a default '''Branch''' has been added to the '''Customer'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Edit''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| By clicking on the '''Edit '''icon, we can make changes in the given entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down, click on the '''Update''' button to save this change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Selected customer branch has been updated.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''Branch''' gets updated and the success message appears at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Back''' option&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down to click on the '''Back''' option, to return back to the '''FrontAccounting '''interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Show the Flowchart Step-III&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, all the required setup has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And we are ready to make a '''Sales Quotation Entry.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Sales Quotation Entry''' option&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Quotation Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Customer''' text box&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see the drop down box with the '''Customer''' name and other related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we had already updated the details in''' Add and Manage Customers'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, let us make a '''Sales Quotation Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Item Description '''dropdown menu'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the''' Item Code 45'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Item Description '''dropdown menu''', '''select''' Item '''as''' Cement.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall, that we have created the '''Item''' '''code '''as '''45 '''for''' Cement''' in an earlier tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Quantity '''field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''150'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the''' Quantity '''field''', '''I will type '''150 '''as the quantity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight '''Price before tax '''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| It is possible that you have a slightly different text here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
instead of '''Price before tax.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Depending on the variation in the Frontaccounting version, you may see some difference in the calculation also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Price before Tax'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''1500'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, here in the '''Price before Tax''' field, I will type the '''Price''' as '''1500.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Discount''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; 0.10%&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| If you want to give discount to the '''customer''', type the percentage in the '''Discount''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will give discount of '''0.10 % '''to my customer'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Add''' '''item''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, to save the entry, click on '''Add''' '''Item''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Tax 5%'''field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here you can see the '''Amount Total''' against the '''Sales Order''' is included with the tax of 5%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point''' '''to''' Shipping Charge'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Note here that '''Shipping Charge''' field is to add charges against '''shipment''' to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Shipping''' '''Charge''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''10000'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, in the '''Shipping''' '''Charge''' field, I will type '''Rs. 10000.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Update''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Sub-Total''' and '''Amount Total''' '''Balance''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''Sub-total''' and the '''Amount Total.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The balance has been increased by '''Rs 10,000''' and the total amount now is '''2,46,013.75'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
('''Two Lakhs Forty Six Thousand Thirteen point seventy five)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Place''' '''Order''' button&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message bar&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Order# 1 has been entered.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down, save these changes, click on the '''Place''' '''Quotation''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The success message shows that the quotation has been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the''' Sales Order Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we need to place an order against this quotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the next step is to make a '''Sales Order Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the option Make a Sales Order Against This Quotation.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the option '''Make Sales Order Against This Quotation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| New window opens for '''Sales''' '''Order''' '''Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| A window opens for '''Sales Order Entry.'''&lt;br /&gt;
The item description details can be seen here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Place''' '''Order''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to a message as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Order#1 has been entered'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down, click on the '''Place Order''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message says that we have successfully saved this information.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight the '''options '''with red box &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''View This Order'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print This Order'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email This Order'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Make Delivery Against This Order'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Work Order Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Enter a New Order'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Back'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the various options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the '''Make''' '''Delivery''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The next step is to '''Make a delivery'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Make Delivery Against This Order'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, click on the option '''Make Delivery Against This Order. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| New window opens for '''Sales''' '''Delivery Items&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| A window named '''Deliver Items for a Sales Order '''opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows us the details of the items to be delivered.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Process''' '''Dispatch''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to a message as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delivery#1 has been entered'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down, click on the '''Process Dispatch''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message shows that we have successfully made the entry for the delivery.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight the '''options '''with red box &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''View This Delivery'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print Delivery Note'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email Delivery Note'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print as Packing Slip'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email as Packing Slip'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''View the GL Journal Entries for this Dispatch '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Invoice This Delivery'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Select Another Order For Dispatch'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Back'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can now see the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This is the step-by-step procedure to make a '''Sales Entry.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, Let us check the status of the '''Sales Entry '''which is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Sales Tab'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Tab'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on Sales Order Inquiry panel under the '''Inquiries and Reports''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Inquiries''' and '''Reports''' panel, we see '''Sales Order Inquiry''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
This option is to make an inquiry against the '''Sales Order''' entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the table of the Sales order Entry&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the details of this entry in the table given here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2a'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we have learnt to set-up:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Types'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Persons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Areas'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Add and manage Customers and Branches'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2b'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We have also learnt to make:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Quotation Entry'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Order Entry'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Make Delivery'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Order Inquiry'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| As an''' Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new '''Customer''' for Sales, using '''Add and Manage Customer '''option'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new '''Sales Quotation''' '''Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''Number''' '''7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give Certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please contact us.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial has been contributed by '''Sheetal''' '''Prabhu''' from '''IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English"/>
				<updated>2016-07-11T12:07:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script :''' '''Items and Inventory''' '''in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Items, Inventory, Units of Measure, Item Category, Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.80cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.80cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on''' Items &amp;amp; Inventory in FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we will learn to set:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Category '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing '''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To practise this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Higher Secondary Commerce or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Accounting&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Before we start let us understand the meaning of '''Items'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is Items?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items '''are the things which you can buy or sell in the business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We have to keep a record that lists key information about an '''inventory item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is Inventory?'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see the meaning of '''Inventory'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a complete listing of &lt;br /&gt;
* Stock in hand, &lt;br /&gt;
* Work in progress,&lt;br /&gt;
* Raw Materials and &lt;br /&gt;
* Finished goods in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the''' Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username '''and''' Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Login''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' login''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, type the '''username''' as''' admin''' and the '''password'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Login''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point and click on the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Items and Inventory '''Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Frontaccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Items and Inventory''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the page and various panels. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The page opens, and we can see various panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Transactions '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Transaction''' panel, we can see the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Location Transfers '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Inquiries and Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the options under''' Inquiries and Reports.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Inquiries and Reports '''panel is used for making reports and inquiries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Item Movements'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Item Status '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Maintenance''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Maintenance''' panel is used for setup of '''Items '''and '''Inventory''' details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do the setup, we have to make use of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Pricing and Costs''' Panel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point the option under '''Pricing and Costs''' panel&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Pricing '''and''' Cost '''panel''' '''is used for selecting the pricing level of '''items '''or '''inventory'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this, we have to use the option:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see how to set '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Units of Measure''' option has to be specified for each '''Item.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Units of Measure''' chart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we can see the chart which represents the '''Units of Measure'''.&lt;br /&gt;
The chart shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Physical quantity measured'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Base unit''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SI''' abbreviation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''substance''' under physical quantity measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the '''Scale''' under physical quantity measured.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''Base unit''' of a substance is '''mole''' and the '''SI''' unit abbreviation is '''mol'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, base unit of '''scale''' is '''meter''' and the abbreviation is '''m.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Units of Measure''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Units of Measure''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in the appropriate fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here and fill in all the details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the filled boxes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Add new'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New unit has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Add''' '''new''' button to '''add''' this '''unit'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a new '''unit'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box showing the entry updated in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table with the updated entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now set the '''Items.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Items '''option under '''Maintenance '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Items''' under '''Maintenance''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Dropdown box'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You may see the default '''Items''' in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can also create a new '''Item''' as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will demonstrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in the appropriate fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''items'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here and fill in all the details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you give the unique code for each '''item''' you fill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Insert New Item''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new item has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then click on the '''Insert New Item''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop-up message shows that we have successfully added a new '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the Dropdown box showing the added new item in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box, we can see the new '''item''' is added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Item Categories option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now set the '''Item''' '''Categories '''to which '''item''' belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Item Category''' option&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item tax type, '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item Type and '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down to see the details.&lt;br /&gt;
We have to create our own '''Item category,''' which defines.&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item tax type, '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item Type and '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''Item Category'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
fill in all the details in the corresponding field.&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point the options in the''' Item Category.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustment Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here for-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustment Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep it as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new '''button &lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new item has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add New''' button to save the entry made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a new '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the above table with the updated entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the above table with the details updated here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the '''Sales''' '''Pricing'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point on the '''Sales Pricing''' option&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This option is used to assign '''sales prices''' to individual '''Sales item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Pricing''' under '''Pricing and Costs''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Pricing '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point and click on the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''item''' for which we want to assign the '''Sales Price'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will demonstrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Select the '''Item''' as '''cement''' from the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the '''item''' as '''Cement.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we will use this '''item '''for Sales purpose in '''Sales in Frontaccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Currency'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''Rupees''' option from the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''Currency''' dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select the currency as '''Rupees.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Sales Type'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the drop down box showing the two options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration Select &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Wholesale'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; from the drop down box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Type''' dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retail '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Wholesale'''&lt;br /&gt;
How to setup the '''Sales Type''' option is explained in the '''Sales in Frontaccounting''' tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, here I will select '''Wholesale'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Price'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the amount for the '''Item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Price''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the '''Price''' against the '''Item''' as '''5,000 per Kg.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new '''button &lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“The new price has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add''' '''New''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a '''Sales price''' against the '''item Cement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the above table with the updated entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table here which we have updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we have learnt to create,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Category''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| As an''' Assignment.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new '''item '''as''' Steel '''with an '''unique code 46 '''in the '''Items &amp;amp; Inventory''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new '''Item Category''' using the above added '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''Number''' '''10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give Certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please contact us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial has been contributed by Sheetal Prabhu from IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Items-and-Inventory/English"/>
				<updated>2016-07-08T09:18:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title of the Script :''' '''Items and Inventory''' '''in FrontAccounting''' '''Author: Sheetal Prabhu''' '''Keywords: Items, Inventory, Units of Measure, Item Category, Sal...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script :''' '''Items and Inventory''' '''in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Items, Inventory, Units of Measure, Item Category, Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.80cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.80cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on''' Items &amp;amp; Inventory in FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we will learn to set:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Category '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing '''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.25&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To practise this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Higher Secondary Commerce or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Accounting&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Before we start let us understand the meaning of '''Items'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''What is Items?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items '''are the things which you can buy or sell in the business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We have to keep a record that lists key information about an inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see the meaning of Inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
It is a complete listing of &lt;br /&gt;
* Stock in hand, &lt;br /&gt;
* Work in progress,&lt;br /&gt;
* Raw Materials and &lt;br /&gt;
* Finished goods in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the''' Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username '''and''' Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Login''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' login''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, type the username as''' admin''' and the password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Login''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point and click on the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Items and Inventory '''Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Frontaccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Items and Inventory''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the page and various panels. &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The page opens, and we can see various panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Transactions '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Transaction''' panel, we can see the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Location Transfers '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Inquiries and Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the options under''' Inquiries and Reports.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Inquiries and Reports '''panel is used for making reports and inquiries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have the options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Item Movements'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Item Status '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Maintenance''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Maintenance''' panel is used for setup of '''Items '''and '''Inventory''' details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do the setup, we have to make use of the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Pricing and Costs''' Panel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point the option under '''Pricing and Costs''' panel&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Pricing '''and''' Cost '''panel''' '''is used for selecting the pricing level of '''items '''or '''inventory'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this, we have to use the option:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see how to set '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Units of Measure''' option has to be specified for each '''Item.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Units of Measure''' chart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we can see the chart which represents the '''Units of Measure'''.&lt;br /&gt;
The chart shows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Physical quantity measured'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Base unit and '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SI abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''substance''' under physical quantity measured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the '''Scale''' under physical quantity measured.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''Base unit''' of a substance is '''mole''' and the SI unit abbreviation is '''mol'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, base unit of '''scale''' is '''meter''' and the abbreviation is '''m.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, switch back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Units of''' '''Measure''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Units of Measure''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in the appropriate fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here and fill in all the details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the filled boxes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unit Abbreviation'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Descriptive Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal Places'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Add new'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New unit has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Add''' '''new''' button to '''add''' this unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a new unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box showing the entry updated in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table with the updated entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now set the '''Items.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Items '''option under '''Maintenance '''panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Items''' under '''Maintenance''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Dropdown box'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You may see the default '''Items''' in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can also create a new '''Item''' as required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will demonstrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Fill in the appropriate fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the items.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here and fill in all the details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with a red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Code'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Components'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item tax type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you give the unique code for each item you fill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Insert New Item''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new item has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down and then click on the '''Insert New Item''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop-up message shows that we have successfully added a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the Dropdown box showing the added new item in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box, we can see the new '''item''' is added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Item Categories option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now set the '''Item''' '''Categories '''to which '''item''' belongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Item Category''' option&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item tax type, '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item Type and '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Scroll down to see the details.&lt;br /&gt;
We have to create our own '''Item category,''' which defines.&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item tax type, '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Item Type and '''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Units of Measure.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Highlight with red box&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, we are prompted to fill in all the necessary information pertaining to the '''Item Category'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial, &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustments Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
fill in all the details in the corresponding field.&lt;br /&gt;
Resume the tutorial&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point the options in the''' Item Category.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustment Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I have filled these details here for-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Category Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Tax Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exclude from Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''C.O.G.S Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Inventory Adjustment Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Assembly Costs Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep it as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls fill the details likewise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new '''button &lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“A new item has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add''' '''New''' button to save the entry made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a new unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the above table with the updated entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the above table with the details updated here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down, click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the '''Sales''' '''Pricing'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point on the '''Sales Pricing''' option&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This option is used to assign '''sales prices''' to individual '''sales''' '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Pricing''' under '''Pricing and Costs''' panel.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Pricing '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point and click on the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''item''' for which we want to assign the Sales Price. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will demonstrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Select the '''Item''' as '''cement''' from the dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the Item as '''Cement.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we will use this '''item '''for Sales purpose in next tutorial named '''Sales in Frontaccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Currency'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''Rupees''' option from the dropdown box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''Currency''' dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select the currency as '''Rupees.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Sales Type'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the drop down box showing the two options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration Select &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Wholesale'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; from the drop down box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Sales Type''' dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retail '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Wholesale'''&lt;br /&gt;
How to setup the '''Sales''' '''Type''' option is explained in the '''Sales in Frontaccounting''' tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
So, here I will select '''Wholesale'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Price'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the amount for the '''Item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Price''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the '''Price''' against the '''Item''' as '''5,000 per Kg.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new '''button &lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message prompted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“The new price has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add''' '''New''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
The pop up message shows that we have successfully added a sales price against the '''item Cement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the above table with the updated entry being made.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the table here which we have updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Back''' option to return back to the '''Frontaccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we have learnt to create,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Units of Measure'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Item Category'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Pricing'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| As an''' Assignment.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new '''item '''as''' Steel '''with an '''unique''' '''code 46 '''in the '''Items''' '''&amp;amp; Inventory''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new '''Item Category''' using the above added '''item'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''Number''' '''10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give Certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please contact us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial has been contributed by Sheetal Prabhu from IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Banking-and-General-Ledger/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Banking-and-General-Ledger/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Banking-and-General-Ledger/English"/>
				<updated>2016-04-04T12:46:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script : Banking and General Ledger in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: GL Classes, Groups, Accounts, Journal Entry, Balance sheet, void a transaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#990099;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#990099;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Welcome to this tutorial on,''' Banking and General Ledger in Front Accounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2a'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial,we will learn to create&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Classes&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Groups&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial,we will learn to create&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Classes&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Groups&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2b'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we will learn to :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in Balance sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Void a transaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Also, we will learn to :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a '''Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in '''Balance sheet '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''void a transaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting '''version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To practise this tutorial, you must be familiar with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Principles of Book-keeping&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up an '''Organisation/Company''' in '''FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If not, for relevant '''FrontAccounting''' tutorials please visit http://spoken-tutorial.org&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To practise this tutorial, you must be familiar with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Principles of Book-keeping&lt;br /&gt;
* Set-up of an '''Organisation/Company''' in '''FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If not, for relevant '''FrontAccounting''' tutorials please visit our website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the''' FrontAccounting interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account '''and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' login''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that during installation, we had created''' admin''' user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username = admin '''and '''Password''' '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= spoken&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click''' on login&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, here type the username as''' admin''' and the password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on''' Login''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Frontaccounting''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Banking and Ledger'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' FrontAccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to''' options of''' Banking and General Ledger'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see various options under this tab, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Payments'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Deposits'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Journal Entry''' etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Before we start with any transaction, we need to set the '''Charts of Accounts.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Charts of Accounts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| * The''' Charts of Accounts''' within FrontAccounting is defined by''' Type''',''' Class''',''' Group''' and''' Account'''.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All '''transactions''' are charged to an''' Account''',''' Group''',''' Classes'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* These are used to group '''transactions''' for''' reporting purposes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Switch back to '''FrontAccounting''' interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Maintenance''' bar&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Accounts'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account Groups'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the options under '''Maintenance''' bar as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Accounts'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account Groups'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
in this''' '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Gl Account, Gl Groups and GL Account Classes&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We need to set these options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Why''' '''GL Accounts, Groups''' and''' Class?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Account''' belongs to a '''Group''' and&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group''' belongs to '''Class'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It depends upon how to present the '''Balance''' '''Sheet '''and '''Profit and Loss A/c''' statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In '''FrontAccounting''',&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Account''' belongs to a '''Group''' and&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group''' belongs to '''Class'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It depends upon how to present the '''Balance''' '''Sheet''' and '''Profit and Loss A/c''' statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Account Classes'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, GL Accounts Classes are the initial stage that need to be set first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''GL Accounts Classes'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the '''GL Accounts Classes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Account Classes '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the Class ID and the Class type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, by''' '''default the '''Class Type''' and '''Class Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
have been defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Liabilities'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Income'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Expense'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, you can see the''' Class ID is set '''for''' '''each''' Class Type.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You will need to set this''' class''' before setting the''' Account Groups.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will''' demonstrate '''how to do this'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Class''' '''ID''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type''' 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you need to add a new''' Class ID '''that is not already there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, I will type''' 5 '''as''' '''the new''' Class ID.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Class Name''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Class''' '''Name''' field, type a new '''Class''' '''Name. '''I will type the name as '''Equity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Class Type field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Show the dropdown box and the options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Class Type''' drop down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see the default list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Liabilities'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Equity'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Income'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cost of Goods Sold'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expense'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FrontAccounting''' follows this '''Class''' '''Type''' to present in the '''Balance''' '''Sheet'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Select the Class type as '''Equity'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Select the '''Class Type''' as '''Equity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Add new''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message which appears&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a message appears and it says-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''''New account class has been added''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Equity status''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; GL Account Classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Class type drop down box&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; the Panel where the Equity shows in the third level&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the new '''Class “Equity”''' has been added to the third row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, in the default '''Class Type,''' '''Equity''' is on the third hierarchy level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, whenever you add a new '''Class''', it takes the default place of the '''Class''' '''Type'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Banking and General Ledger tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see how to add''' GL Groups.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the''' Banking and General Ledger '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Groups''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' GL Account Groups'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:1pt solid #000000;border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Group Name List''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Group ID''' list&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default '''Group Name,''' which shows '''GL Account Groups''' under the '''Class'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also see the '''Group ID''', set according to the '''Class'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| A unique '''Class''' '''ID''' has to be added to each '''Group''' '''Name'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;Group ID list&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Group ID '''field''', '''I will type the new''' Group ID '''as''' 12.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Group Name field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Name''' field,''' '''I will type''' Fixed Assets '''as the''' Group Name.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Subgroup of dropdown menu&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Subgroup of field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, I will keep this field as '''None.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because, the''' Group Name “Fixed Assets” '''does not belong to any '''subgroup''' that is already available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Class dropdown box &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select''' Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Class '''drop down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the''' Charts of Accounts, Fixed Assets '''comes under the''' class''' of''' Assets.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I will select''' Assets''' as the''' Class.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add New button &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message which appears&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| To save these changes,''' '''click on '''Add new '''button'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see an error message that says -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“This account Group ID is already in use”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the existing code 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| This means that the''' Account Group ID 12 '''is repeated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now''', '''let us enter another number''' '''which is '''unique.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Type&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Group ID 13'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add New button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let me type the '''Group ID '''as''' 13.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on''' Add new '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''message bar'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| This time we can see a message that says -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New account type has been added.”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to the newly added Group Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The new''' Group Name '''is added '''randomly '''within the '''class “Assets”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Likewise, you can add your own '''Group Name'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see how to add '''GL Accounts.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Banking and General Ledger''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''GL Accounts''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let us click on''' GL Accounts.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Account Code''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the '''Account Code''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here also, you need to type a unique '''code'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the''' Account Code '''field, I will type''' 1100 '''as the code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Account Name''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Account Name''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the''' Account Name '''as''' “Land and Building”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can give any name of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Account Group''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''Fixed''' '''Assets''' '''Account''' '''Group'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Account Group''' drop down box, I will select the '''Account Group''' as '''Fixed Assets.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Account''' '''Name''', '''Land &amp;amp; Building''' has to come under the '''Group Fixed Assets''' as per the '''Charts of Accounts.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Account''' '''status''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| So here, click on the '''Account status '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''status''' as''' Active.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add Account button &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Then click on''' Add Account '''button'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''‘New account has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;account drop down box&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''New account '''dropdown box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see the newly added '''Account '''here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' account code'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Each organisation will have their own set of '''account codes''', as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Likewise, by following the steps demonstrated above, you can create your own '''GL Account'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a GLAccount Group as '''Investment'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Create GLAccount as '''Bonds''', '''Debentures'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| And do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a '''GL Account''' '''Group''' as '''Investment'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create 2 separate '''GL Accounts''' named '''Bonds''' and '''Debentures'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we have set up the''' Charts of Accounts''' for our own '''Company'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide -8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commenced business with a Capital Rs 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Entry is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cash A/c Dr. 50,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Capital A/c 50,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Being Capital introduced in business)&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Next, let us pass a '''Journal Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commenced business with a capital of Rs. 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Entry''' is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cash A/c Dr. 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To Capital A/c 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Being '''Capital introduced in the business''')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Banking and General Ledger''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Journal Entry '''option &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| And then click on '''Journal Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Date''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the current date&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Next, click on the''' Calendar icon '''of''' Date '''field'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see that the default''' date '''is set as '''today.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Reference''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the''' reference number '''for the '''transaction '''here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Account Description''' drop down box&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the Account Description &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Account Description''' drop down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I will select the option '''Cash'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Debit''' textbox&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Then, click on the''' Debit '''text box''' '''and type the''' amount '''as''' 50,000.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Add''' '''Item''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| To save the '''Debit''' entry, click on the''' Add Item '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Account''' '''Description''' box &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Capital'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Again, click on the '''Account Description''' drop down box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This time, I will select the option '''Capital'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Credit''' textbox&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Then, click on the '''Credit''' textbox and type the '''amount''' as''' 50,000.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the Add Item button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| To''' '''save''' '''the''' Credit entry, '''click on the''' Add item button. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Memo''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''Memo''' field, for the narration of this '''Journal Entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Memo''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Here, type the text -''' Being capital introduced in the business.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Process''' '''Journal Entry''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Then click on the '''Process Journal Entry''' button to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to the green colour message bar&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| You can see the message at the top, that appears in green -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Journal Entry has been entered # 2”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the options &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| You can also see the '''options''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''View this Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Enter New Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Add an Attachment and'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Back'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;View '''this''' Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let us explore '''View this Journal Entry '''option''' '''by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately, a new popup window opens showing the''' '''current '''General Ledger Transaction '''details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Print '''and''' Close '''option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see an option here - '''Print '''and''' Close.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By choosing this option, we get a print-out of this '''transaction''' for our future reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point''' '''to''' Close '''option&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| This '''option''' here, at the bottom right is to close this window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will choose this and close this '''window'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Enter New Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New window opens for the Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''Enter New Journal Entry''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a new page opens immediately for the next new '''transaction'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Back''' option&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Back '''option to go back'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Add an Attachment&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, click on the '''Add an Attachment''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''menu''' bar&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Attachment&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the''' fields:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Transaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Attached file'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Attached file '''option is used to attach any documents related to the '''Journal entry''' which is passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let''' '''me''' '''attach''' '''a''' sample voucher '''which I have already created and stored on my computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For your convenience, this file has been provided in the '''Code file '''link below this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pls click on the link and save the file on your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Attached file''' text box&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Browse''' button and locate the folder in which the document is stored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''Sample-Voucher''' file&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I'll select the''' Sample-Voucher.odt file '''from my '''Desktop''' folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the Browse text box and the file attachment&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| You can see the file attachment here now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Show the message which appears in green&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the message bar&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Then click on the '''Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears that says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Attachment has been inserted.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Also, you can see that the uploaded file has been added to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Now, let us see the reflection of this '''Journal Entry''' in the '''Balance''' '''Sheet'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| To do so, click on the''' Banking and General Ledger '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Balance''' '''sheet''' Drilldown &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Then click on the '''Balance''' '''Sheet''' '''Drilldown''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Current''' '''Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''transaction''' is reflected here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Assets '''shows '''balance '''of '''50,000 (fifty thousand).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Liabilities'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The '''transaction''' is also reflected in '''Liabilities''' by showing the balance of '''50000 (fifty thousand).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Assets '''and''' Liabilities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Since we made only one '''Journal Entry''', we see only one entry in the displayed list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the future, when we have many more '''journal''' '''entries''', the displayed list would be longer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;PAUSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let us now see how to '''Void a transaction'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Setup''' tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Void a transaction&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Setup''' tab, and then on the option '''Void a transaction''' under the '''Maintenance''' bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the reference number field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| This '''option''' is used to delete/remove an '''entry'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the reference number, which shows the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''select '''icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Select''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the entry shown in the field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| On selecting the icon, the transaction number and '''voiding''' date appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Void Transaction '''button'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Void Transaction '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' message '''bar&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| A message appears that says-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Are you sure you want to void this transaction? This action cannot be undone.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Click'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Proceed button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| I’ll click on the '''Proceed''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately another message appears and says-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Selected transaction has been voided.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s how we '''void a transaction, '''whenever required'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 9 a'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt to create&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Classes&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Groups&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we have learnt to create&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''General Ledger Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''General Ledger Groups'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''General Ledger Accounts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 9 b'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have learnt to :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in Balance sheet &lt;br /&gt;
* Void a transaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| Also, we have learnt to :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a '''Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in '''Balance sheet''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''void a transaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a Journal Entry&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Goods Purchased for Rs 50,000'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in Balance Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| As an '''Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a '''Journal Entry'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; '''Goods Purchased for Rs 50,000'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in the '''Balance Sheet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give Certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please contact us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:0.75pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial has been contributed by Sheetal Prabhu from IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you''' '''for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English"/>
				<updated>2016-02-19T11:06:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script : Setup in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Setup, Company Setup, User access, fiscal year, Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on,''' Set Up FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial,we will learn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we will learn how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions and&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS Version 14.10&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' Version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To follow this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of higher secondary commerce and&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of Accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the '''FrontAccounting '''interface'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username and Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''login'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''login '''page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that during installation, we had created '''admin''' user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, here type username as''' admin '''and password as''' spoken.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Login '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' FrontAccounting''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; window&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' FrontAccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to''' options of '''Front Accounting '''Interface&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Standard modules have been provided in '''FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''options''' as per the narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The various modules are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Purchases'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items and Inventory'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Manufacturing'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dimensions'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Banking and General Ledger '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Setup '''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will learn about all these modules in the upcoming tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start with the''' setup tab''' in '''FrontAccounting'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup Icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on it'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' setup tab''' is used for '''Company Setting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Parameters, default values '''and '''preferences '''are entered in this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Setup''' tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default icons which have to be filled, to '''Setup''' a company as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Years'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Company Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us create a New Organisation/Company by '''clicking''' on the''' Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Name '''field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the''' Name '''field''',''' by default, we can see the name of the company ''''ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we had given this name during installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But here you can also change the name based on how you want it to appear in the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep the same name''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Address''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Address''' field, I will type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A-123, Highway Industrial Estate,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Andheri Link Road, Sakinaka, Andheri (E)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''400072.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to give your company’s address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Phone no '''field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Phone No.''' field, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, you have to give your company’s phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E- mail Address '''field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''E-mail address '''field, give your company’s official email-id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type [mailto:org accounting@spoken-tutorial.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Home Currency '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Home currency '''field, click on the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of options will appear. I will select''' Rupee.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I’ll do the setup of '''fiscal''' '''year'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fiscal Year setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| When you create a new '''Company''', you should check that the '''Fiscal Year '''is set up correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''FrontAccounting '''software shows the fiscal year from '''January to December.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not suitable for Companies and Organisation in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So here, we can create our own '''financial year,''' which is from '''April to March'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update''' button to save the entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Come back to '''Frontaccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us change the '''Fiscal Year '''to '''Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab''' '''of''' FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Fiscal Years icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on to the '''Fiscal Years''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Fiscal Year icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see that, by default, the '''Fiscal year '''begins from '''01 January 2015 '''to '''31 December 2015.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| First, I will create a dummy period for 3 months from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This is because we have to fill the gap between &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''the Fiscal year''' ie.1st January 2015 to 31st December 2015 &lt;br /&gt;
* and the '''Financial year''' which is from 1st April 2016 to 31st March 2017 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the '''date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the 3 months dummy period from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, click on the '''Add New '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the new row of '''dummy period'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the '''dummy''' '''period''' is created,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and it says -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Add new'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Then, I will type the next''' financial year, '''from '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, click on the '''Add new '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Financial Year field'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the '''Financial Year''' has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, the same message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we need to update these changes in the '''Company setup '''icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Setup''' tab &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Company setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on the '''Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Fiscal''' '''year''' Drop downbox &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Current Financial year.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Fiscal year''' field, click on the dropdown menu &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
select the '''current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update button'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight '''the message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Company Setup has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the date&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we have to close and delete the '''fiscal yea'''r and the 3 months '''dummy period''', except the current '''financial year'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''delete year row'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will demonstrate the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Setup Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, click on the '''Setup''' '''tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Fiscal''' '''years''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the Fiscal year from '''01-01-2015 to 31-12-2015'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Edit''' '''Icon''' of '''Fiscal year'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Edit icon''', then select '''Yes''' from the '''Is Closed '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Selected fiscal year has been updated”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Cross''' '''sign''' to delete&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, I will click on the '''cross '''('''X) sign '''for deleting the year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialog box appears to confirm. Click on the '''Ok''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Selected fiscal year has been deleted”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Dummy period''' and show how to '''delete'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Likewise, I will remove the '''dummy period''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, you can see the current '''Financial Year''' has remained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you will see the updated '''Financial Year''' in '''pink colour'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Thus, we have updated the '''Company Setup.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Accounts Setup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' User Accounts Setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''User login field'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''admin''' user login information such as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Full Name '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access Level etc.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall these information are entered during the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Let us create a''' '''new''' user login.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Login&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''User login '''field, I will type '''sheetalvp '''as a new '''user'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Password&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type the password in the '''password''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Full Name field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Full Name field''', I will type '''Sheetal Prabhu.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Telephone No&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Telephone No field''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type my phone no. '''022-25764229.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E mail Address&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next is '''Email Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type '''sheetalvp@ spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access Level&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Sub Admin'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Access Level field''', click on the drop down '''menu''' and select''' Sub Admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''language'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Language '''field, by default, the drop down menu''' option '''is '''English.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User's POS&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to '''Default'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, '''POS''' means '''Point of Sale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will keep the '''Default''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Printing profile'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Printing option '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select''' Browser printing support.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Use popup window for reports'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next, by default the checkbox is checked for '''Popup window for the reports '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message ‘'''A new user has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''new user''' below the '''admin'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see that the new '''user''' is added in the panel below the '''admin.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access setup icon'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next, let us see''' Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Role'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Role''' drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select '''Sub admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Access level field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; sub-admin''' &lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to show the access permission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default access given for a '''Sub admin '''to use'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the permissions available for the '''sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to available '''field'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can also''' check or uncheck '''the boxes as required for the '''Sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Save Role''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Save Role''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Security role has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon '''to see the next tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Display Setup '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Display Setup icon''' is used to change the&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Decimal places, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Date format and '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Separators and other parameters.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Decimal Places'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the number of decimal places for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Prices/amounts'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Quantities'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exchange rate and '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Percentages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Date Format and Separators'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can change the '''date format''' and '''date separators''' by selecting the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Miscellaneous '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see various '''Miscellaneous Settings''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update button'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update button '''to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a message appears and says that-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Display settings have been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This brings us to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we had learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| As an '''Assignment''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the FrontAccounting interface &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user using '''user account setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Give '''Access Level''' as an '''Accountant''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This video summarises the Spoken Tutorial project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have good bandwidth, you can also download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gives certificates to those who pass an on-line test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please write to&lt;br /&gt;
'''contact@spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is contributed by '''Sheetal Prabhu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you''' for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Banking-and-General-Ledger/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Banking-and-General-Ledger/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Banking-and-General-Ledger/English"/>
				<updated>2016-02-19T07:41:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title of the Script : Banking and General Ledger in FrontAccounting'''  '''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''  '''Keywords: GL Classes, Groups, Accounts, Journal Entry, Payment, Dep...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script : Banking and General Ledger in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: GL Classes, Groups, Accounts, Journal Entry, Payment, Deposit, Balance sheet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#990099;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#990099;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on,''' Banking and General Ledger in Front Accounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial,we will learn how to create&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Classes&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Groups&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we will learn :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in Balance sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* how to Void a transaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* FrontAccounting version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide Number 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| For this tutorial, you must be familiar with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Principles of Bookkeeping&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up an Organisation/Company in FrontAccounting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If not, for relevant tutorials please visit http://spoken-tutorial.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening''' FrontAccounting interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' login''' page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that during installation, we had created''' admin''' user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username = admin '''and '''Password''' '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;= spoken&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click''' on login&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| So, here type the username as''' admin''' and the password as '''spoken'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on''' Login''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Frontaccounting''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Banking and Ledger'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' FrontAccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to''' options of''' Banking and General Ledger'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see various icons under this tab, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Payments&lt;br /&gt;
* Deposits&lt;br /&gt;
* Journal Entry etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Charts of Accounts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| * The''' Charts of Account '''within FrontAccounting is defined by''' Type''',''' Class''',''' Group''' and''' Account'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All transactions are charged to an''' Account''',''' Group''',''' and Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* They are used to group transactions for''' reporting purposes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Maintenance''' panel&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the icons as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account Groups'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GL Account Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
in''' Front Accounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Why''' GL''' Accounts, Groups''',''' Class'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| * In FrontAccounting, an Account belongs to a''' Group''' and''' group''' belongs to''' Class'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Depending upon how to present the''' Balance Sheet''' and''' Profit''' and''' Loss''' Statements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Account Classes'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''GL Accounts Classes''' are the highest level and set in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''GL Accounts Classes'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''GL Accounts Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Account Classes'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, by''' default''' the classes have been defined as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Liabilities'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Income'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Expense'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You will need to set this''' class''' before setting the''' Account Groups.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will''' demonstrate''' the''' '''same&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Class ID''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Class ID''' field, I will type''' 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Class Name''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Class Name''' field. I will type '''Equity '''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Class type field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Class type''' drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select''' Equity'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Add new''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Add new''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a message appears that says-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''''New account class has been added''''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Equity status''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; GL Account Classes&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see, the''' Equity class''' is added under''' Accounts Classes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Banking and General Ledger tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Banking and General Ledger tab.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Groups''' icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' GL Account Group''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' GL Groups''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default''' group name''' which shows''' GL Account groups''' under the''' class'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also add your own''' Group Name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will demonstrate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Class ID''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Class ID''' field,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will''' type''' '''13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Class Name''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Name''' field, I will type as''' Fixed Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Subgroup of &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will keep the''' subgroup Class''' field as''' None'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Class''' icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Class''' drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select the''' Assets''' as the''' Class'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Add New''' button &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message appears that says&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘'''New account type has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Similarly, you can add your own''' group name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, click on the''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''GL Accounts''' icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''GL Accounts''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Account code''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Account Code''' field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the code as''' 1100'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Account Name''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Account Name''' field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type as''' Land and Building'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Account Group''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Account Group''' drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select the''' group''' as''' Fixed Assets'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Account status''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Account status''' drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select the''' status''' as''' Active'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Add New''' button &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add Account''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘'''New account has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Similarly, you can select your own''' GL Account '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Pause the tutorial here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create''' '''a '''GLAccount Group''' and name as '''Investment'''&lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
* Create''' GLAccount''' as '''Bonds, Investment, Debentures'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we have set up the''' charts of Accounts''' for our own''' Company'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide -8'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Let us pass a Journal Entry''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commenced business with a Capital Rs 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
Cash A/c Dr. 50,000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To Capital A/c 50,000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(Being Capital introduced in business)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Journal Entry''' icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| And then on the''' Journal Entry''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Date''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Calendar icon''' of''' Date''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see that the default date is set as '''today'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Reference''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the''' reference''' field for the''' transaction.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Account Description''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Account description''' drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select as''' Cash'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Debit''' textbox&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Debit''' textbox&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the''' amount''' as''' 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Add Item''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Add item''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Account Description''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the''' Account description''' drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select '''Capital'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Credit''' textbox&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Credit textbox'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type the''' amount''' as''' 50,000'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Add Item''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Add item''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Memo''' field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click, in the''' Memo''' field for the''' narration''' of this journal entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' Memo''' field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will type as''' Being capital introduced in the business'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Process Journal Entry''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Process Journal Entry''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' green''' colour bar&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see the message appears in green&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
as''' Journal Entry has been entered &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;# 2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' options''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see the''' options''' as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* View this Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter New Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* Add an Attachment&lt;br /&gt;
* Back&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''View this Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' View this Journal Entry''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new popup window opens showing the current''' General Ledger transaction details.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Print''' and''' Close''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see the icon '''print''' and''' close'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you can also give '''print''' of this transaction for your reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''close''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will '''close''' this window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Enter New Journal Entry'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Enter New Journal Entry''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a new page opens for the next/new''' transaction.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''back''' option&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Back''' option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Add an Attachment'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Add an Attachment''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' menu''' bar&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Attachment'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the fields as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Transaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Description&lt;br /&gt;
* Attached file&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can use the''' field''' to attach any''' documents''' related to the''' journal''' entry which is passed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Banking and General Ledger''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the reflection of this''' Journal Entry''' in the '''Balance Sheet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Balance sheet''' Drilldown&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Balance sheet drill down''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Current''' '''Assets''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the''' transaction''' is reflected as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Current Assets''' shows balance of''' 50000 (fifty thousand)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Liabilities''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Also, the '''transaction''' is reflected in '''Liabilities''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shows the balance of''' 50000 (fifty thousand)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us see the''' Void a transaction''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Setup''' tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' setup''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Void a transaction''' icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the icon''' Void a transaction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the''' reference number''', which shows the entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the''' select''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' select''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the entry shown in the field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the''' transaction number''' and''' voiding date'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Void Transaction''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Void Transaction''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' message''' bar&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| A message appears that says &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Are you sure you want to void this transaction? This is action cannot be undone'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Proceed''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the proceed button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and says&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Selected transaction has been voided'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we have learnt to create&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Classes&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Group&lt;br /&gt;
* General Ledger Accounts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have learnt to :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pass a Journal Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* See the reflection in Balance sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Void a transaction icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please contact us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.'''&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is contributed by''' Sheetal Prabhu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you''' for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English"/>
				<updated>2016-02-19T06:52:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script : Setup in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Setup icon, Company Setup, User access icon, fiscal year, display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on,''' Set Up FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial,we will learn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we will learn how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* and set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS Version 14.10&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' Version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To follow this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of higher secondary commerce and&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the '''FrontAccounting '''interface'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username and Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click''' on login&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''login '''page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that during installation, we had created '''admin''' user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, here type username as''' admin '''and password as''' spoken.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Login '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' FrontAccounting''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; page&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' FrontAccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to''' options of Front Accounting''' Interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Standard modules have been provided in '''FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''options''' as per the narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The various modules are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Purchases'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items and Inventory'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Manufacturing'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dimensions'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Banking and General Ledger '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Setup '''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We will learn about all these modules in the upcoming tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start with the''' setup tab''' in '''FrontAccounting'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup Icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on it'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' setup tab''' is used for '''Company Setting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Parameters, default values '''and '''preferences '''are entered in this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Setup''' tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default icons which have to be filled, to '''Setup''' a company:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Years'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Company Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us create a New Organisation/Company by '''clicking''' on the''' Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Name '''field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the''' Name '''field''',''' by default, we can see the name of the company ''''ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we had given this name during installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But here you can also change the name based on how you want it to appear in the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep the same name''' 'ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Address''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Address''' field, I will type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A-123, Highway Industrial Estate,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Andheri Link Road, Sakinaka, Andheri (E)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''400072.'''&lt;br /&gt;
You have to give your company’s address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Phone no '''field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Phone No.''' field, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, you have to give your company’s phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E- mail Address '''field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''E-mail address '''field, give your company’s official email-id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type [mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org accounting@spoken-tutorial.org]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Home Currency '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Home currency '''field, click on the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of options will appear. I will select''' Rupee.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I’ll do the setup of '''fiscal''' '''year'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fiscal Year setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| When you create a new '''Company''', you should check that the '''Fiscal Year '''is set up correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''FrontAccounting '''software shows the fiscal year from '''January to December.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not suitable for Companies and Organisations in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So here, we can create our own '''financial year,''' which is from '''April to March'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update''' button to save the entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Come back to '''Frontaccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us change the '''Fiscal Year '''to '''Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab''' '''of''' FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Fiscal Years icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on to the '''Fiscal Years''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Fiscal Year icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see that, by default, the '''Fiscal year '''begins from '''01 January 2015 '''to '''31 December 2015.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| First, I will create a dummy period for 3 months from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This is because we have to fill the gap between &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''the Fiscal year''' ie.1st January 2015 to 31st December 2015 &lt;br /&gt;
* and the '''Financial year''' which is from 1st April 2016 to 31st March 2017 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the '''date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the 3 months dummy period from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, click on the '''Add New '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the new row of '''dummy period'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the dummy period is created,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and it says -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Add new'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Then, I will type the next''' financial year, '''from '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, click on the '''Add new '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Financial Year field'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the '''Financial Year''' has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, the same message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we need to update these changes in the '''Company setup '''icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Setup''' tab &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Company setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on the '''Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Fiscal''' '''year''' Drop downbox &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Current Financial year.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Fiscal year''' field, click on the dropdown menu and select the '''current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update button'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight '''the message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Company Setup has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the date&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we have to close and delete the '''fiscal yea'''r and the 3 months '''dummy period''', except the current '''financial year'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''delete year row'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I will demonstrate the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Setup Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, click on the '''Setup''' '''tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Fiscal''' '''years''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the Fiscal year from '''01-01-2015 to 31-12-2015'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Edit''' '''Icon''' of '''Fiscal year'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Edit icon''', then select '''Yes''' from the '''Is Closed '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Selected fiscal year has been updated”'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Cross''' '''sign''' to delete&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, I will click on the '''cross '''('''X) sign '''for deleting the year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialog box appears to confirm. Click on the '''Ok''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears that says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Selected fiscal year has been deleted”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Dummy period''' and show how to '''delete'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Likewise, I will remove the '''dummy period''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, you can see the current '''Financial Year''' has remained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you will see the updated '''Financial Year''' in '''pink colour'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Thus, we have updated the '''Company Setup.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Accounts Setup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now let us see the''' User Accounts Setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''User login field'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''admin''' user login information such as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Full Name '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access Level etc.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall these information are entered during the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us create a''' '''new''' user login.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Login&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''User login '''field, I will type '''sheetalvp '''as a new '''user'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Password&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type the password in the '''password''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Full Name field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Full Name field''', I will type '''Sheetal Prabhu.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Telephone No&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Telephone No field''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type my phone no. '''022-25764229.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E mail Address&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next is '''Email Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type '''sheetalvp@ spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access Level&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Sub Admin'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Access Level field''', click on the drop down '''menu''' and select''' Sub Admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''language'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Language '''field, by default, the drop down menu''' option '''is '''English.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User's POS&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to '''Default'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, '''POS''' means '''Point of Sale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will keep the '''Default''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Printing profile'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Printing option '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select''' Browser printing support.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Use popup window for reports'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| By default, the checkbox is checked for '''Popup window for the reports '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message ‘'''A new user has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''new user''' below the '''admin'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see that the new '''user''' is added in the panel below the '''admin.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access setup icon'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next, let us see''' Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Role'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Role''' drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select '''Sub admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Access level field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; sub-admin''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to show the access permission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default access given for a '''Sub admin '''to use'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the permissions available for the '''sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to available '''field'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can also''' check or uncheck '''the boxes as required for the '''Sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Save Role''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Save Role''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Security role has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon '''to see the next tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Display Setup '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Display Setup icon''' is used to change the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''decimal places, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''date format and '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''separators and other parameters.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Decimal Places'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the number of decimal places for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Prices/amounts, Quantities, Exchange rates and Percentages.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Date Format and Separators'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can change the '''date format''' and '''date separators''' by selecting the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Miscellaneous '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see various '''Miscellaneous Settings''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update button'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update button '''to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a message appears and says that-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Display settings have been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This brings us to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we had learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| As an '''Assignment''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the FrontAccounting interface &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user using '''user account setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Give '''Access Level''' as an '''Accountant''' &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have good bandwidth, you can also download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gives certificates to those who pass an on-line test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please write to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''contact@spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is contributed by '''Sheetal Prabhu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you''' for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English</id>
		<title>FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/FrontAccounting/C2/Setup-in-FA/English"/>
				<updated>2016-02-19T06:44:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sheetal: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title of the Script : Setup in FrontAccounting'''  '''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''  '''Keywords: Setup icon, Company Setup, User access icon, fiscal year, display Setup'''  {|...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script : Setup in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Setup icon, Company Setup, User access icon, fiscal year, display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on,''' Set Up FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial,we will learn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we will learn how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* and set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS Version 14.10&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' Version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To follow this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of higher secondary commerce and&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the '''FrontAccounting '''interface'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username and Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click''' on login&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''login '''page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that during installation, we had created '''admin''' user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, here type username as''' admin '''and password as''' spoken.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Login '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' FrontAccounting''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; page&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' FrontAccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to''' options of Front Accounting''' Interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Standard modules have been provided in '''FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''options''' as per the narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The various modules are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Purchases'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items and Inventory'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Manufacturing'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dimensions'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Banking and General Ledger '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Setup '''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We will learn about all these modules in the upcoming tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start with the''' setup tab''' in '''FrontAccounting'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup Icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on it'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' setup tab''' is used for '''Company Setting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Parameters, default values '''and '''preferences '''are entered in this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Setup''' tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default icons which have to be filled, to '''Setup''' a company:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Years'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Company Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us create a New Organisation/Company by '''clicking''' on the''' Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Name '''field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the''' Name '''field''',''' by default, we can see the name of the company ''''ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we had given this name during installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But here you can also change the name based on how you want it to appear in the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep the same name''' 'ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Address''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Address''' field, I will type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A-123, Highway Industrial Estate,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Andheri Link Road, Sakinaka, Andheri (E)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''400072.'''&lt;br /&gt;
You have to give your company’s address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Phone no '''field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Phone No.''' field, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, you have to give your company’s phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E- mail Address '''field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''E-mail address '''field, give your company’s official email-id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type [mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org accounting@spoken-tutorial.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Home Currency '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Home currency '''field, click on the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of options will appear. I will select''' Rupee.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I’ll do the setup of '''fiscal''' '''year'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fiscal Year setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| When you create a new '''Company''', you should check that the '''Fiscal Year '''is set up correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''FrontAccounting '''software shows the fiscal year from '''January to December.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not suitable for Companies and Organisations in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So here, we can create our own '''financial year,''' which is from '''April to March'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update''' button to save the entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Come back to '''Frontaccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us change the '''Fiscal Year '''to '''Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab''' '''of''' FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Fiscal Years icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on to the '''Fiscal Years''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Fiscal Year icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see that, by default, the '''Fiscal year '''begins from '''01 January 2015 '''to '''31 December 2015.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| First, I will create a dummy period for 3 months from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This is because we have to fill the gap between &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''the Fiscal year''' ie.1st January 2015 to 31st December 2015 &lt;br /&gt;
* and the '''Financial year''' which is from 1st April 2016 to 31st March 2017 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the '''date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the 3 months dummy period from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, click on the '''Add New '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the new row of '''dummy period'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the dummy period is created,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and it says -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Add new'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Then, I will type the next''' financial year, '''from '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, click on the '''Add new '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Financial Year field'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the '''Financial Year''' has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, the same message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we need to update these changes in the '''Company setup '''icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Setup''' tab &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Company setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on the '''Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Fiscal''' '''year''' Drop downbox &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Current Financial year.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Fiscal year''' field, click on the dropdown menu and select the '''current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update button'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight '''the message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Company Setup has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the date&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we have to close and delete the '''fiscal yea'''r and the 3 months '''dummy period''', except the current '''financial year'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''delete year row'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I will demonstrate the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Setup Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, click on the '''Setup''' '''tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Fiscal''' '''years''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the Fiscal year from '''01-01-2015 to 31-12-2015'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Edit''' '''Icon''' of '''Fiscal year'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Edit icon''', then select '''Yes''' from the '''Is Closed '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Selected fiscal year has been updated”'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Cross''' '''sign''' to delete&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, I will click on the '''cross '''('''X) sign '''for deleting the year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialog box appears to confirm. Click on the '''Ok''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears that says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Selected fiscal year has been deleted”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Dummy period''' and show how to '''delete'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Likewise, I will remove the '''dummy period''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, you can see the current '''Financial Year''' has remained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you will see the updated '''Financial Year''' in '''pink colour'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Thus, we have updated the '''Company Setup.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Accounts Setup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now let us see the''' User Accounts Setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''User login field'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''admin''' user login information such as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Full Name '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access Level etc.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall these information are entered during the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us create a''' '''new''' user login.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Login&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''User login '''field, I will type '''sheetalvp '''as a new '''user'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Password&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type the password in the '''password''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Full Name field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Full Name field''', I will type '''Sheetal Prabhu.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Telephone No&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Telephone No field''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type my phone no. '''022-25764229.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E mail Address&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next is '''Email Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type '''sheetalvp@ spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access Level&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Sub Admin'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Access Level field''', click on the drop down '''menu''' and select''' Sub Admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''language'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Language '''field, by default, the drop down menu''' option '''is '''English.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User's POS&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to '''Default'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, '''POS''' means '''Point of Sale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will keep the '''Default''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Printing profile'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Printing option '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select''' Browser printing support.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Use popup window for reports'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| By default, the checkbox is checked for '''Popup window for the reports '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message ‘'''A new user has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''new user''' below the '''admin'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see that the new '''user''' is added in the panel below the '''admin.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access setup icon'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next, let us see''' Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Role'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Role''' drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select '''Sub admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Access level field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; sub-admin''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to show the access permission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default access given for a '''Sub admin '''to use'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the permissions available for the '''sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to available '''field'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can also''' check or uncheck '''the boxes as required for the '''Sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Save Role''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Save Role''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the Script : Setup in FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Sheetal Prabhu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: Setup icon, Company Setup, User access icon, fiscal year, display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border-spacing:0;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Visual Cue'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;background-color:#cc99cc;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Narration'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Hello everyone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to this tutorial on,''' Set Up FrontAccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial,we will learn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we will learn how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* and set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS Version 14.10&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' Version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 14.04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' version 2.3.24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre -requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| To follow this tutorial you should have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of higher secondary commerce and&lt;br /&gt;
* Knowledge of accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start by opening the '''FrontAccounting '''interface'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' browser''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''localhost/account''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the browser, type''' localhost/account'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Enter''' Username and Password''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click''' on login&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The '''login '''page appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall that during installation, we had created '''admin''' user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, here type username as''' admin '''and password as''' spoken.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Login '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' FrontAccounting''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; page&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' FrontAccounting''' window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Point to''' options of Front Accounting''' Interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Standard modules have been provided in '''FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''options''' as per the narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The various modules are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Purchases'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Items and Inventory'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Manufacturing'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dimensions'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Banking and General Ledger '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Setup '''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
We will learn about all these modules in the upcoming tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us start with the''' setup tab''' in '''FrontAccounting'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup Icon&amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on it'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The''' setup tab''' is used for '''Company Setting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Parameters, default values '''and '''preferences '''are entered in this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Setup''' tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to''' Setup tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default icons which have to be filled, to '''Setup''' a company:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Company Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Accounts setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Display Setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Fiscal Years'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Company Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us create a New Organisation/Company by '''clicking''' on the''' Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Name '''field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the''' Name '''field''',''' by default, we can see the name of the company ''''ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because we had given this name during installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But here you can also change the name based on how you want it to appear in the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will keep the same name''' 'ST COMPANY PVT. LTD'.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Address''' field&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Address''' field, I will type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A-123, Highway Industrial Estate,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Andheri Link Road, Sakinaka, Andheri (E)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''400072.'''&lt;br /&gt;
You have to give your company’s address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Phone no '''field &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Phone No.''' field, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, you have to give your company’s phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E- mail Address '''field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''E-mail address '''field, give your company’s official email-id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type [mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org accounting][mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org @][mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org spoken][mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org -][mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org tutorial][mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org .][mailto:accounting@spoken-tutorial.org org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Home Currency '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Home currency '''field, click on the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of options will appear. I will select''' Rupee.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I’ll do the setup of '''fiscal''' '''year'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Fiscal Year setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| When you create a new '''Company''', you should check that the '''Fiscal Year '''is set up correctly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, '''FrontAccounting '''software shows the fiscal year from '''January to December.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not suitable for Companies and Organisations in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So here, we can create our own '''financial year,''' which is from '''April to March'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update''' button to save the entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Come back to '''Frontaccounting'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Let us change the '''Fiscal Year '''to '''Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab''' '''of''' FrontAccounting.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Fiscal Years icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on to the '''Fiscal Years''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Fiscal Year icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can see that, by default, the '''Fiscal year '''begins from '''01 January 2015 '''to '''31 December 2015.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| First, I will create a dummy period for 3 months from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This is because we have to fill the gap between &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''the Fiscal year''' ie.1st January 2015 to 31st December 2015 &lt;br /&gt;
* and the '''Financial year''' which is from 1st April 2016 to 31st March 2017 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the '''date'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| I will select the 3 months dummy period from '''01 January 2016 '''to '''31 March 2016'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, click on the '''Add New '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the new row of '''dummy period'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the dummy period is created,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and it says -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Add new'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Then, I will type the next''' financial year, '''from '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, click on the '''Add new '''button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Financial Year field'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you can see the '''Financial Year''' has been created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again, the same message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''New Fiscal year has been added”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we need to update these changes in the '''Company setup '''icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Setup''' tab &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Company setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Setup '''tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on the '''Company Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Fiscal''' '''year''' Drop downbox &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Current Financial year.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Under '''Fiscal year''' field, click on the dropdown menu and select the '''current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Update button'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight '''the message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears and says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Company Setup has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Calendar''' icon to select the date&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, we have to close and delete the '''fiscal yea'''r and the 3 months '''dummy period''', except the current '''financial year'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''delete year row'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now I will demonstrate the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Setup Tab&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again, click on the '''Setup''' '''tab'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Fiscal''' '''years''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Fiscal Year'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the Fiscal year from '''01-01-2015 to 31-12-2015'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Edit''' '''Icon''' of '''Fiscal year'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Edit icon''', then select '''Yes''' from the '''Is Closed '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update''' button&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click '''Update''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Selected fiscal year has been updated”'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Cross''' '''sign''' to delete&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, I will click on the '''cross '''('''X) sign '''for deleting the year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialog box appears to confirm. Click on the '''Ok''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears that says - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Selected fiscal year has been deleted”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Dummy period''' and show how to '''delete'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Likewise, I will remove the '''dummy period''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now, you can see the current '''Financial Year''' has remained.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Current Financial Year.'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, you will see the updated '''Financial Year''' in '''pink colour'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Narration&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Thus, we have updated the '''Company Setup.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Accounts Setup&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Now let us see the''' User Accounts Setup'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''User login field'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the '''admin''' user login information such as &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Full Name '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access Level etc.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall these information are entered during the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us create a''' '''new''' user login.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User Login&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''User login '''field, I will type '''sheetalvp '''as a new '''user'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Password&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Type the password in the '''password''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Full Name field&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''type &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Full Name field''', I will type '''Sheetal Prabhu.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Telephone No&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Telephone No field''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type my phone no. '''022-25764229.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' E mail Address&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next is '''Email Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will type '''sheetalvp@ spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access Level&amp;gt;&amp;gt;Sub Admin'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In '''Access Level field''', click on the drop down '''menu''' and select''' Sub Admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''language'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In the '''Language '''field, by default, the drop down menu''' option '''is '''English.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' User's POS&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to '''Default'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Here, '''POS''' means '''Point of Sale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will keep the '''Default''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Printing profile'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the '''Printing option '''drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select''' Browser printing support.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Use popup window for reports'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| By default, the checkbox is checked for '''Popup window for the reports '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on''' Add new''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the message ‘'''A new user has been added’.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the '''new user''' below the '''admin'''.&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can also see that the new '''user''' is added in the panel below the '''admin.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Access setup icon'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Next, let us see''' Access setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click&amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Role'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; drop down menu&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on the''' Role''' drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will select '''Sub admin.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to the &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Access level field&amp;gt;&amp;gt; sub-admin''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to show the access permission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the default access given for a '''Sub admin '''to use'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see the permissions available for the '''sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to available '''field'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| You can also''' check or uncheck '''the boxes as required for the '''Sub admin''' to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Save Role''' button&amp;gt;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Save Role''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Security role has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon '''to see the next tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Display Setup '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Display Setup icon''' is used to change the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''decimal places, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''date format and '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''separators and other parameters.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Decimal Places'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the number of decimal places for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Prices/amounts, Quantities, Exchange rates and Percentages.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Date Format and Separators'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can change the '''date format''' and '''date separators''' by selecting the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Miscellaneous '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see various '''Miscellaneous Settings''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update button'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update button '''to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a message appears and says that-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Display settings have been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This brings us to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we had learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| As an '''Assignment''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the FrontAccounting interface &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user using '''user account setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Give '''Access Level''' as an '''Accountant''' &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have good bandwidth, you can also download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gives certificates to those who pass an on-line test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please write to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''contact@spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is contributed by '''Sheetal Prabhu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you''' for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A message appears -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Security role has been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to '''Setup icon'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Again,''' '''click on the''' Setup icon '''to see the next tab'''.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Display Setup '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; icon&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Display Setup icon''' is used to change the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''decimal places, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''date format and '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''separators and other parameters.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Decimal Places'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see the number of decimal places for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Prices/amounts, Quantities, Exchange rates and Percentages.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point&amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Date Format and Separators'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can change the '''date format''' and '''date separators''' by selecting the dropdown menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point &amp;gt;&amp;gt;'''Miscellaneous '''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| We can see various '''Miscellaneous Settings''' also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Point to &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update button'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| Click on '''Update button '''to save the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see a message appears and says that-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Display settings have been updated”.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This brings us to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| In this tutorial, we had learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''FrontAccounting''' interface&lt;br /&gt;
* Various modules in the '''Setup''' tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create our own Organisation/ Company&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up user accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up access permissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Set up the display &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| As an '''Assignment''',&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the FrontAccounting interface &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user using '''user account setup'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Give '''Access Level''' as an '''Accountant''' &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide''' '''9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have good bandwidth, you can also download and watch it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gives certificates to those who pass an on-line test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please write to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''contact@spoken-tutorial.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;&amp;quot;| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD Government of India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is contributed by '''Sheetal Prabhu'''.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you''' for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sheetal</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>